// File: contracts/FritzTheCat.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;






// 
// ███████╗██████╗ ██╗████████╗███████╗    ████████╗██╗  ██╗███████╗     ██████╗ █████╗ ████████╗
// ██╔════╝██╔══██╗██║╚══██╔══╝╚══███╔╝    ╚══██╔══╝██║  ██║██╔════╝    ██╔════╝██╔══██╗╚══██╔══╝
// █████╗  ██████╔╝██║   ██║     ███╔╝        ██║   ███████║█████╗      ██║     ███████║   ██║   
// ██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║    ███╔╝         ██║   ██╔══██║██╔══╝      ██║     ██╔══██║   ██║   
// ██║     ██║  ██║██║   ██║   ███████╗       ██║   ██║  ██║███████╗    ╚██████╗██║  ██║   ██║   
// ╚═╝     ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚═╝   ╚═╝   ╚══════╝       ╚═╝   ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝     ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝   ╚═╝   
//                                                                                               
// Fritz The Cat - generated with HeyMint.xyz Launchpad - https://nft-launchpad.heymint.xyz
// 








import {StorageSlot} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/StorageSlot.sol";
import {IAddressRelay} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol";
import {BaseConfig} from "./libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";

contract FritzTheCat {
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT =
        0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    bytes32 internal constant _ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT =
        keccak256("heymint.launchpad.addressRelay");

    /**
     * @notice Initializes the child contract with the base implementation address and the configuration settings
     * @param _name The name of the NFT
     * @param _symbol The symbol of the NFT
     * @param _baseConfig Base configuration settings
     */
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        address _addressRelay,
        address _implementation,
        BaseConfig memory _baseConfig
    ) {
        StorageSlot
            .getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT)
            .value = _implementation;
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value = _addressRelay;
        IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay(
            StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value
        );
        address implContract = addressRelay.fallbackImplAddress();
        (bool success, ) = implContract.delegatecall(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(0x35a825b0, _name, _symbol, _baseConfig)
        );
        require(success);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to nftImplementation
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site - it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    fallback() external payable {
        IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay(
            StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value
        );
        address implContract = addressRelay.getImplAddress(msg.sig);

        assembly {
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            let result := delegatecall(
                gas(),
                implContract,
                0,
                calldatasize(),
                0,
                0
            )
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }

    receive() external payable {}
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.2;

import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;

    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;

    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../StringsUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSAUpgradeable {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS,
        InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8
    }

    function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.2._
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
        }

        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
        }

        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
        // enforced by the type signature above
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", StringsUpgradeable.toString(s.length), s));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
     * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
     * to the one signed with the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function verifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }

    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC2981.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }

    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];

        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }

        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();

        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");

        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");

        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC1155.sol";
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the basic standard multi-token.
 * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155
 * Originally based on code by Enjin: https://github.com/enjin/erc-1155
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
contract ERC1155 is Context, ERC165, IERC1155, IERC1155MetadataURI {
    using Address for address;

    // Mapping from token ID to account balances
    mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) private _balances;

    // Mapping from account to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;

    // Used as the URI for all token types by relying on ID substitution, e.g. https://token-cdn-domain/{id}.json
    string private _uri;

    /**
     * @dev See {_setURI}.
     */
    constructor(string memory uri_) {
        _setURI(uri_);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155MetadataURI).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     *
     * This implementation returns the same URI for *all* token types. It relies
     * on the token type ID substitution mechanism
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
     *
     * Clients calling this function must replace the `\{id\}` substring with the
     * actual token type ID.
     */
    function uri(uint256) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _uri;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(account != address(0), "ERC1155: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[id][account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOfBatch}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] memory accounts, uint256[] memory ids)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (uint256[] memory)
    {
        require(accounts.length == ids.length, "ERC1155: accounts and ids length mismatch");

        uint256[] memory batchBalances = new uint256[](accounts.length);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
            batchBalances[i] = balanceOf(accounts[i], ids[i]);
        }

        return batchBalances;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[account][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(
            from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
            "ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved"
        );
        _safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-safeBatchTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(
            from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
            "ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved"
        );
        _safeBatchTransferFrom(from, to, ids, amounts, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();
        uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
        uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
        require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
        unchecked {
            _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
        }
        _balances[id][to] += amount;

        emit TransferSingle(operator, from, to, id, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, id, amount, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
            uint256 id = ids[i];
            uint256 amount = amounts[i];

            uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
            require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
            unchecked {
                _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
            }
            _balances[id][to] += amount;
        }

        emit TransferBatch(operator, from, to, ids, amounts);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets a new URI for all token types, by relying on the token type ID
     * substitution mechanism
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
     *
     * By this mechanism, any occurrence of the `\{id\}` substring in either the
     * URI or any of the amounts in the JSON file at said URI will be replaced by
     * clients with the token type ID.
     *
     * For example, the `https://token-cdn-domain/\{id\}.json` URI would be
     * interpreted by clients as
     * `https://token-cdn-domain/000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004cce0.json`
     * for token type ID 0x4cce0.
     *
     * See {uri}.
     *
     * Because these URIs cannot be meaningfully represented by the {URI} event,
     * this function emits no events.
     */
    function _setURI(string memory newuri) internal virtual {
        _uri = newuri;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates `amount` tokens of token type `id`, and assigns them to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _mint(
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();
        uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
        uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        _balances[id][to] += amount;
        emit TransferSingle(operator, address(0), to, id, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, id, amount, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _mintBatch(
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");

        address operator = _msgSender();

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
            _balances[ids[i]][to] += amounts[i];
        }

        emit TransferBatch(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from`
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have at least `amount` tokens of token type `id`.
     */
    function _burn(
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();
        uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
        uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");

        uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
        require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
        unchecked {
            _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
        }

        emit TransferSingle(operator, from, address(0), id, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_burn}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     */
    function _burnBatch(
        address from,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts
    ) internal virtual {
        require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");

        address operator = _msgSender();

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
            uint256 id = ids[i];
            uint256 amount = amounts[i];

            uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
            require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
            unchecked {
                _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
            }
        }

        emit TransferBatch(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC1155: setting approval status for self");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning, as well as batched variants.
     *
     * The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
     * transfers, the length of the `ids` and `amounts` arrays will be 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * of token type `id` will be  transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
     * for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
     * will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning, as well as batched variants.
     *
     * The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
     * transfers, the length of the `id` and `amount` arrays will be 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * of token type `id` will be  transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
     * for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
     * will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {}

    function _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) private {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155Received(operator, from, id, amount, data) returns (bytes4 response) {
                if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155Received.selector) {
                    revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
                }
            } catch Error(string memory reason) {
                revert(reason);
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer");
            }
        }
    }

    function _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) private {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, amounts, data) returns (
                bytes4 response
            ) {
                if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector) {
                    revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
                }
            } catch Error(string memory reason) {
                revert(reason);
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer");
            }
        }
    }

    function _asSingletonArray(uint256 element) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory array = new uint256[](1);
        array[0] = element;

        return array;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC1155.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of ERC1155 that adds tracking of total supply per id.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios where Fungible and Non-fungible tokens have to be
 * clearly identified. Note: While a totalSupply of 1 might mean the
 * corresponding is an NFT, there is no guarantees that no other token with the
 * same id are not going to be minted.
 */
abstract contract ERC1155Supply is ERC1155 {
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _totalSupply;

    /**
     * @dev Total amount of tokens in with a given id.
     */
    function totalSupply(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _totalSupply[id];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Indicates whether any token exist with a given id, or not.
     */
    function exists(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return ERC1155Supply.totalSupply(id) > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC1155-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        if (from == address(0)) {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
                _totalSupply[ids[i]] += amounts[i];
            }
        }

        if (to == address(0)) {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
                uint256 id = ids[i];
                uint256 amount = amounts[i];
                uint256 supply = _totalSupply[id];
                require(supply >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds totalSupply");
                unchecked {
                    _totalSupply[id] = supply - amount;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC1155.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface of the optional ERC1155MetadataExtension interface, as defined
 * in the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155MetadataURI is IERC1155 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the URI for token type `id`.
     *
     * If the `\{id\}` substring is present in the URI, it must be replaced by
     * clients with the actual token type ID.
     */
    function uri(uint256 id) external view returns (string memory);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
     * called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
     *
     * NOTE: To accept the transfer, this must return
     * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
     * (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
     *
     * @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
     * @param from The address which previously owned the token
     * @param id The ID of the token being transferred
     * @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
     * @param data Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
     */
    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);

    /**
     * @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
     * is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
     * been updated.
     *
     * NOTE: To accept the transfer(s), this must return
     * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
     * (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
     *
     * @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
     * @param from The address which previously owned the token
     * @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
     * @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
     * @param data Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
     */
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.2) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;

    // Token name
    string private _name;

    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;

    // Mapping from token ID to owner address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;

    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;

    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;

    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");

        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner or approved for all"
        );

        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");

        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId`. Does NOT revert if token doesn't exist
     */
    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owners[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _ownerOf(tokenId) != address(0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not minted by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        unchecked {
            // Will not overflow unless all 2**256 token ids are minted to the same owner.
            // Given that tokens are minted one by one, it is impossible in practice that
            // this ever happens. Might change if we allow batch minting.
            // The ERC fails to describe this case.
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }

        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     * This is an internal function that does not check if the sender is authorized to operate on the token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Update ownership in case tokenId was transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);

        // Clear approvals
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // Cannot overflow, as that would require more tokens to be burned/transferred
            // out than the owner initially received through minting and transferring in.
            _balances[owner] -= 1;
        }
        delete _owners[tokenId];

        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // `_balances[from]` cannot overflow for the same reason as described in `_burn`:
            // `from`'s balance is the number of token held, which is at least one before the current
            // transfer.
            // `_balances[to]` could overflow in the conditions described in `_mint`. That would require
            // all 2**256 token ids to be minted, which in practice is impossible.
            _balances[from] -= 1;
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }
        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens will be transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens were transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens were minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens were burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Unsafe write access to the balances, used by extensions that "mint" tokens using an {ownerOf} override.
     *
     * WARNING: Anyone calling this MUST ensure that the balances remain consistent with the ownership. The invariant
     * being that for any address `a` the value returned by `balanceOf(a)` must be equal to the number of tokens such
     * that `ownerOf(tokenId)` is `a`.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __unsafe_increaseBalance(address account, uint256 amount) internal {
        _balances[account] += amount;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Enumerable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This implements an optional extension of {ERC721} defined in the EIP that adds
 * enumerability of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each
 * account.
 */
abstract contract ERC721Enumerable is ERC721, IERC721Enumerable {
    // Mapping from owner to list of owned token IDs
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private _ownedTokens;

    // Mapping from token ID to index of the owner tokens list
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ownedTokensIndex;

    // Array with all token ids, used for enumeration
    uint256[] private _allTokens;

    // Mapping from token id to position in the allTokens array
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _allTokensIndex;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC721) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC721Enumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(index < ERC721.balanceOf(owner), "ERC721Enumerable: owner index out of bounds");
        return _ownedTokens[owner][index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _allTokens.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(index < ERC721Enumerable.totalSupply(), "ERC721Enumerable: global index out of bounds");
        return _allTokens[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);

        if (batchSize > 1) {
            // Will only trigger during construction. Batch transferring (minting) is not available afterwards.
            revert("ERC721Enumerable: consecutive transfers not supported");
        }

        uint256 tokenId = firstTokenId;

        if (from == address(0)) {
            _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (from != to) {
            _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId);
        }
        if (to == address(0)) {
            _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (to != from) {
            _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(to, tokenId);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures.
     * @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
        uint256 length = ERC721.balanceOf(to);
        _ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId;
        _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list
     */
    function _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        _allTokensIndex[tokenId] = _allTokens.length;
        _allTokens.push(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that
     * while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for
     * gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes).
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array.
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private {
        // To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = ERC721.balanceOf(from) - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary
        if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) {
            uint256 lastTokenId = _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];

            _ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
            _ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
        }

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
        delete _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _allTokens array.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list
     */
    function _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        // To prevent a gap in the tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = _allTokens.length - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = _allTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs so
        // rarely (when the last minted token is burnt) that we still do the swap here to avoid the gas cost of adding
        // an 'if' statement (like in _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration)
        uint256 lastTokenId = _allTokens[lastTokenIndex];

        _allTokens[tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
        _allTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete _allTokensIndex[tokenId];
        _allTokens.pop();
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC721.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC721.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Counters.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title Counters
 * @author Matt Condon (@shrugs)
 * @dev Provides counters that can only be incremented, decremented or reset. This can be used e.g. to track the number
 * of elements in a mapping, issuing ERC721 ids, or counting request ids.
 *
 * Include with `using Counters for Counters.Counter;`
 */
library Counters {
    struct Counter {
        // This variable should never be directly accessed by users of the library: interactions must be restricted to
        // the library's function. As of Solidity v0.5.2, this cannot be enforced, though there is a proposal to add
        // this feature: see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4637
        uint256 _value; // default: 0
    }

    function current(Counter storage counter) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return counter._value;
    }

    function increment(Counter storage counter) internal {
        unchecked {
            counter._value += 1;
        }
    }

    function decrement(Counter storage counter) internal {
        uint256 value = counter._value;
        require(value > 0, "Counter: decrement overflow");
        unchecked {
            counter._value = value - 1;
        }
    }

    function reset(Counter storage counter) internal {
        counter._value = 0;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../Strings.sol";

/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSA {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS,
        InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8
    }

    function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.2._
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
        }

        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
        }

        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
        // enforced by the type signature above
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", Strings.toString(s.length), s));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
     * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
     * to the one signed with the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/StorageSlot.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }

    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }

    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }

    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./math/Math.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

// File: contracts/AddressRelay.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IAddressRelay, Implementation} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol";
import {IERC165} from "./interfaces/IERC165.sol";
import {IERC173} from "./interfaces/IERC173.sol";

/**
 * @author Created by HeyMint Launchpad https://join.heymint.xyz
 * @notice This contract contains the base logic for ERC-721A tokens deployed with HeyMint
 */
contract AddressRelay is IAddressRelay, Ownable {
    mapping(bytes4 => address) public selectorToImplAddress;
    mapping(bytes4 => bool) public supportedInterfaces;
    bytes4[] selectors;
    address[] implAddresses;
    address public fallbackImplAddress;
    bool public relayFrozen;

    constructor() {
        supportedInterfaces[0x01ffc9a7] = true; // IERC165
        supportedInterfaces[0x7f5828d0] = true; // IERC173
        supportedInterfaces[0x80ac58cd] = true; // IERC721
        supportedInterfaces[0x5b5e139f] = true; // IERC721Metadata
        supportedInterfaces[0x2a55205a] = true; // IERC2981
        supportedInterfaces[0xad092b5c] = true; // IERC4907
    }

    /**
     * @notice Permanently freezes the relay so no more selectors can be added or removed
     */
    function freezeRelay() external onlyOwner {
        relayFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
     * @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
     */
    function addOrUpdateSelectors(
        bytes4[] memory _selectors,
        address _implAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
            bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
            selectorToImplAddress[selector] = _implAddress;
            selectors.push(selector);
        }
        bool implAddressExists = false;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
                implAddressExists = true;
                break;
            }
        }
        if (!implAddressExists) {
            implAddresses.push(_implAddress);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Removes selectors
     * @param _selectors The selectors to remove
     */
    function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
            bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
            delete selectorToImplAddress[selector];
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectors.length; j++) {
                if (selectors[j] == selector) {
                    // this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
                    delete selectors[j];
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
     */
    function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(
        address _implAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
                // this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
                delete implAddresses[i];
                break;
            }
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectors.length; i++) {
            if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
                delete selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]];
                delete selectors[i];
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
     * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
     */
    function getImplAddress(
        bytes4 _functionSelector
    ) external view returns (address) {
        address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
        if (implAddress == address(0)) {
            implAddress = fallbackImplAddress;
        }
        require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
        return implAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector. Throws an error if function does not exist.
     * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
     */
    function getImplAddressNoFallback(
        bytes4 _functionSelector
    ) external view returns (address) {
        address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
        require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
        return implAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
     * @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
     */
    function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
        external
        view
        returns (Implementation[] memory)
    {
        uint256 trueImplAddressCount = 0;
        uint256 implAddressesLength = implAddresses.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] != address(0)) {
                trueImplAddressCount++;
            }
        }
        Implementation[] memory impls = new Implementation[](
            trueImplAddressCount
        );
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] == address(0)) {
                continue;
            }
            address implAddress = implAddresses[i];
            bytes4[] memory selectors_;
            uint256 selectorCount = 0;
            uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
                if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
                    selectorCount++;
                }
            }
            selectors_ = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
            uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
                if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
                    selectors_[selectorIndex] = selectors[j];
                    selectorIndex++;
                }
            }
            impls[i] = Implementation(implAddress, selectors_);
        }
        return impls;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Return all the function selectors associated with an implementation address
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
     */
    function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
        address _implAddress
    ) external view returns (bytes4[] memory) {
        uint256 selectorCount = 0;
        uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
            if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
                selectorCount++;
            }
        }
        bytes4[] memory selectorArr = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
        uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
            if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
                selectorArr[selectorIndex] = selectors[i];
                selectorIndex++;
            }
        }
        return selectorArr;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
     * @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
     */
    function setFallbackImplAddress(
        address _fallbackAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        fallbackImplAddress = _fallbackAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates the supported interfaces
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
     * @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
     */
    function updateSupportedInterfaces(
        bytes4 _interfaceId,
        bool _supported
    ) external onlyOwner {
        supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId] = _supported;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 _interfaceId
    ) external view returns (bool) {
        return supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId];
    }
}

// File: contracts/implementations/HeyMintERC721ABase.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";

import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721ABase is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC2981Upgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
    using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;

    // Default subscription address to use to enable royalty enforcement on certain exchanges like OpenSea
    address public constant CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
        0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
    // Default subscription address to use as a placeholder for no royalty enforcement
    address public constant EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
        0x511af84166215d528ABf8bA6437ec4BEcF31934B;

    /**
     * @notice Initializes a new child deposit contract
     * @param _name The name of the token
     * @param _symbol The symbol of the token
     * @param _config Base configuration settings
     */
    function initialize(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        BaseConfig memory _config
    ) public initializerERC721A initializer {
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        __Ownable_init();
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        __OperatorFilterer_init(
            _config.enforceRoyalties == true
                ? CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS
                : EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS,
            true
        );

        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg = _config;

        // If public sale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
        if (_config.publicSaleStartTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleEndTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime =
                _config.publicSaleStartTime +
                520 weeks;
        }

        // If public sale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
        if (_config.publicSaleEndTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleStartTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = uint32(
                block.timestamp
            );
        }

        // If presale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
        if (_config.presaleStartTime > 0 && _config.presaleEndTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime =
                _config.presaleStartTime +
                520 weeks;
        }

        // If presale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
        if (_config.presaleEndTime > 0 && _config.presaleStartTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = uint32(
                block.timestamp
            );
        }
    }

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    function pause() external onlyOwner {
        _pause();
    }

    function unpause() external onlyOwner {
        _unpause();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
     * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    // ============ METADATA ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the base URI for all tokens. If the base URI is not set, it will be generated based on the project ID
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Overrides the default ERC721 tokenURI function to look for specific token URIs when present
     * @param tokenId The token ID to query
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (string memory)
    {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        string memory specificTokenURI = state.data.tokenURIs[tokenId];
        if (bytes(specificTokenURI).length != 0) return specificTokenURI;
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        if (bytes(baseURI).length == 0) return "";
        uint256 burnTokenId = state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[tokenId];
        uint256 tokenURITokenId = state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata &&
            burnTokenId != 0
            ? burnTokenId
            : tokenId;
        return string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenURITokenId)));
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the base token URI
     * @param _newBaseURI The new base URI to use
     */
    function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner {
        require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase = _newBaseURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze metadata so it can never be changed again
     */
    function freezeMetadata() external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen = true;
    }

    // ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============

    /**
     * @notice Basic gas saving implementation of ERC-2981 royaltyInfo function with receiver set to the contract owner
     * @param _salePrice The sale price used to determine the royalty amount
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256,
        uint256 _salePrice
    ) external view override returns (address, uint256) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address payoutAddress = state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress !=
            address(0x0)
            ? state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress
            : owner();
        if (payoutAddress == address(0x0)) {
            return (payoutAddress, 0);
        }
        return (payoutAddress, (_salePrice * state.cfg.royaltyBps) / 10000);
    }

    // ============ PAYOUT ============

    /**
     * @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract
     */
    function withdraw() external nonReentrant onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            require(
                state.data.fundingTargetReached,
                "FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_REACHED"
            );
        }
        if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) {
            require(!refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_STILL_ACTIVE");
        }
        uint256 balance = address(this).balance;
        if (state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length == 0) {
            (bool success, ) = payable(owner()).call{value: balance}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length; i++) {
                uint256 amount = (balance * state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i]) /
                    10000;
                (bool success, ) = HeyMintStorage
                    .state()
                    .advCfg
                    .payoutAddresses[i]
                    .call{value: amount}("");
                require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
            }
        }
    }

    // ============ PUBLIC SALE ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function publicPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting
     */
    function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleActive = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the public mint price
     * @param _publicPrice The new public mint price to use
     */
    function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice = _publicPrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the public sale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address
     */
    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the public sale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction
     */
    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .cfg
            .publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for public mint
     * @param _publicSaleStartTime The new start time for public mint
     */
    function setPublicSaleStartTime(
        uint32 _publicSaleStartTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = _publicSaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for public mint
     * @param _publicSaleEndTime The new end time for public mint
     */
    function setPublicSaleEndTime(
        uint32 _publicSaleEndTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime = _publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
     * @param _usePublicSaleTimes Whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
     */
    function setUsePublicSaleTimes(
        bool _usePublicSaleTimes
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePublicSaleTimes = _usePublicSaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
     */
    function publicSaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (
            state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0
        ) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime &&
            block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for public minting of tokens
     * @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint
     */
    function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable nonReentrant {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
                _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <=
                cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
                _numTokens <= cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 publicPrice = publicPriceInWei();
        if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
        }

        if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
                HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
                    firstTokenIdToMint + i
                ] = publicPrice;
            }
        }

        _safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens);
    }

    // ============ REFUND ============

    /**
     * Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
     */
    function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt;
    }
}

// File: contracts/implementations/HeyMintERC721AExtensionA.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {BaseConfig, AdvancedConfig, BurnToken, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionA is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
    event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
    event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
    event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns all storage variables for the contract
     */
    function getSettings()
        external
        view
        returns (
            BaseConfig memory,
            AdvancedConfig memory,
            BurnToken[] memory,
            bool,
            bool,
            bool,
            uint256
        )
    {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        return (
            state.cfg,
            state.advCfg,
            state.burnTokens,
            state.data.advancedConfigInitialized,
            state.data.fundingTargetReached,
            state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined,
            state.data.currentLoanTotal
        );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates the address configuration for the contract
     */
    function updateBaseConfig(
        BaseConfig memory _baseConfig
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            _baseConfig.maxSupply <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.presaleMaxSupply <= state.cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.fundingEndsAt == state.cfg.fundingEndsAt,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.fundingTarget == state.cfg.fundingTarget,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.heyMintFeeActive == state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) {
            require(
                keccak256(abi.encode(_baseConfig.uriBase)) ==
                    keccak256(abi.encode(state.cfg.uriBase)),
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        }
        state.cfg = _baseConfig;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates the advanced configuration for the contract
     */
    function updateAdvancedConfig(
        AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.metadataFrozen,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        }
        if (state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        }
        if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundPrice == state.advCfg.refundPrice,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt >= state.advCfg.refundEndsAt,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        } else if (
            _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0 || _advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0
        ) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0,
                "REFUND_PRICE_MUST_BE_SET"
            );
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0,
                "REFUND_DURATION_MUST_BE_SET"
            );
        }
        if (!state.data.advancedConfigInitialized) {
            state.data.advancedConfigInitialized = true;
        }
        uint256 payoutAddressesLength = _advancedConfig.payoutAddresses.length;
        uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _advancedConfig
            .payoutBasisPoints
            .length;
        if (state.advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.payoutAddressesFrozen,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            require(
                payoutAddressesLength == state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            require(
                payoutBasisPointsLength ==
                    state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints.length,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddressesLength; i++) {
                require(
                    _advancedConfig.payoutAddresses[i] ==
                        state.advCfg.payoutAddresses[i],
                    "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
                );
                require(
                    _advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i] ==
                        state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i],
                    "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
                );
            }
        } else if (payoutAddressesLength > 0) {
            require(
                payoutAddressesLength == payoutBasisPointsLength,
                "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
            );
            uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) {
                totalBasisPoints += _advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i];
            }
            require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000");
        }
        state.advCfg = _advancedConfig;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens
     * @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
     */
    function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external onlyOwner {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(_newMaxSupply < cfg.maxSupply, "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH");
        require(
            _newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(),
            "SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS"
        );
        cfg.maxSupply = _newMaxSupply;
    }

    // ============ PAYOUT ============

    /**
     * @notice Freeze all payout addresses so they can never be changed again
     */
    function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds
     * @param _payoutAddresses The new payout addresses to use
     * @param _payoutBasisPoints The amount to pay out to each address in _payoutAddresses (in basis points)
     */
    function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
        address[] calldata _payoutAddresses,
        uint16[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints
    ) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _payoutBasisPoints.length;
        require(
            !advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPointsLength,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) {
            totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i];
        }
        require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000");
        advCfg.payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses;
        advCfg.payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints;
    }

    // ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============

    /**
     * @notice Updates royalty basis points
     * @param _royaltyBps The new royalty basis points to use
     */
    function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.royaltyBps = _royaltyBps;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates royalty payout address
     * @param _royaltyPayoutAddress The new royalty payout address to use
     */
    function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress(
        address _royaltyPayoutAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .royaltyPayoutAddress = _royaltyPayoutAddress;
    }

    // ============ GIFT ============

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to send 'mintNumber' tokens without cost to multiple addresses
     * @param _receivers The addresses to send the tokens to
     * @param _mintNumber The number of tokens to send to each address
     */
    function gift(
        address[] calldata _receivers,
        uint256[] calldata _mintNumber
    ) external payable onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            _receivers.length == _mintNumber.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        uint256 totalMints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) {
            totalMints += _mintNumber[i];
        }
        require(
            totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = (totalMints * heymintFeePerToken()) / 10;
            require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT");
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
            _safeMint(_receivers[i], _mintNumber[i]);
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/implementations/HeyMintERC721AExtensionB.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {HeyMintStorage, BaseConfig, BurnToken} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionB is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
    using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;

    // Address where burnt tokens are sent.
    address public constant burnAddress =
        0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;

    // ============ PRESALE ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the presale price in wei. Presale price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function presalePriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting
     * @param _saleActiveState The new presale activ
     .e state
     */
    function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleActive = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the presale mint price
     * @param _presalePrice The new presale mint price to use
     */
    function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice = _presalePrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens available to mint in the presale
     * @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of presale tokens available to mint
     */
    function reducePresaleMaxSupply(
        uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply
    ) external onlyOwner {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(
            _newPresaleMaxSupply < cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
            "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
        );
        cfg.presaleMaxSupply = _newPresaleMaxSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the presale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address in the presale
     */
    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .cfg
            .presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the presale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction in the presale
     */
    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .cfg
            .presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting
     * @param _presaleSignerAddress The new signer address to use
     */
    function setPresaleSignerAddress(
        address _presaleSignerAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for presale mint
     */
    function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = _presaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for presale mint
     */
    function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime = _presaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times
     */
    function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePresaleTimes = _usePresaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if presale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
     */
    function presaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        if (
            cfg.usePresaleTimes == false ||
            cfg.presaleStartTime == 0 ||
            cfg.presaleEndTime == 0
        ) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= cfg.presaleStartTime &&
            block.timestamp <= cfg.presaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress
     * @param _messageHash The hash of the message to verify
     * @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify
     */
    function verifySignerAddress(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature
    ) private view returns (bool) {
        return
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress ==
            _messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens
     * @param _messageHash The hash of the message containing msg.sender & _maximumAllowedMints to verify
     * @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify
     * @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint
     * @param _maximumAllowedMints The maximum number of tokens that can be minted by the caller
     */
    function presaleMint(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature,
        uint256 _numTokens,
        uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(cfg.presaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(presaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
                _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <=
                cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
                _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <= _maximumAllowedMints,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            cfg.presaleMaxSupply == 0 ||
                totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 presalePrice = presalePriceInWei();
        if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(
                msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
        }
        require(
            keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints)) ==
                _messageHash,
            "MESSAGE_INVALID"
        );
        require(
            verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature),
            "INVALID_SIGNATURE"
        );

        if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
                HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
                    firstTokenIdToMint + i
                ] = presalePrice;
            }
        }

        _safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens);
    }

    // ============ BURN TO MINT ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the burn payment in wei. Price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function burnPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning to claim a token
     * @param _burnClaimActive If true tokens can be burned in order to mint
     */
    function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (_burnClaimActive) {
            require(state.burnTokens.length != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
            require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        }
        state.advCfg.burnClaimActive = _burnClaimActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the contract address of the NFT to be burned in order to mint
     * @param _burnTokens An array of all tokens required for burning
     */
    function updateBurnTokens(
        BurnToken[] calldata _burnTokens
    ) external onlyOwner {
        BurnToken[] storage burnTokens = HeyMintStorage.state().burnTokens;
        uint256 oldBurnTokensLength = burnTokens.length;
        uint256 newBurnTokensLength = _burnTokens.length;

        // Update the existing BurnTokens and push any new BurnTokens
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < newBurnTokensLength; i++) {
            if (i < oldBurnTokensLength) {
                burnTokens[i] = _burnTokens[i];
            } else {
                burnTokens.push(_burnTokens[i]);
            }
        }

        // Pop any extra BurnTokens if the new array is shorter
        for (uint256 i = oldBurnTokensLength; i > newBurnTokensLength; i--) {
            burnTokens.pop();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token burned
     * @param _mintsPerBurn The new number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction
     */
    function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerBurn = _mintsPerBurn;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the price required to be paid alongside a burn tx to mint (payment is per tx, not per token in the case of >1 mintsPerBurn)
     * @param _burnPayment The new amount of payment required per burn transaction
     */
    function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment = _burnPayment;
    }

    /**
     * @notice If true, real token ids are used for metadata. If false, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist.
     * @param _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata If true, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist. If false, real token ids are used.
     */
    function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata(
        bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .useBurnTokenIdForMetadata = _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Burn tokens from other contracts in order to mint tokens on this contract
     * @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the tokens being burned
     * @param _contracts The contracts of the tokens to burn in the same order as the array burnTokens
     * @param _tokenIds Nested array of token ids to burn for 721 and amounts to burn for 1155 corresponding to _contracts
     * @param _tokensToMint The number of tokens to mint
     */
    function burnToMint(
        address[] calldata _contracts,
        uint256[][] calldata _tokenIds,
        uint256 _tokensToMint
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        uint256 contractsLength = _contracts.length;
        uint256 burnTokenLength = state.burnTokens.length;
        require(burnTokenLength > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(state.advCfg.burnClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            contractsLength == _tokenIds.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        require(contractsLength == burnTokenLength, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH");
        require(
            totalSupply() + _tokensToMint <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 burnPayment = burnPaymentInWei();
        uint256 burnPaymentTotal = burnPayment *
            (_tokensToMint / state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn);
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _tokensToMint * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == burnPaymentTotal + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(msg.value == burnPaymentTotal, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID");
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < burnTokenLength; i++) {
            BurnToken memory burnToken = state.burnTokens[i];
            require(
                burnToken.contractAddress == _contracts[i],
                "INCORRECT_CONTRACT"
            );
            if (burnToken.tokenType == 1) {
                uint256 _tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds[i].length;
                require(
                    (_tokenIdsLength / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) *
                        state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn ==
                        _tokensToMint,
                    "INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN"
                );
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < _tokenIdsLength; j++) {
                    IERC721 burnContract = IERC721(_contracts[i]);
                    uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i][j];
                    require(
                        burnContract.ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender,
                        "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
                    );
                    burnContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, tokenId);
                }
            } else if (burnToken.tokenType == 2) {
                uint256 amountToBurn = _tokenIds[i][0];
                require(
                    (amountToBurn / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) *
                        state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn ==
                        _tokensToMint,
                    "INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN"
                );
                IERC1155 burnContract = IERC1155(_contracts[i]);
                require(
                    burnContract.balanceOf(msg.sender, burnToken.tokenId) >=
                        amountToBurn,
                    "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
                );
                burnContract.safeTransferFrom(
                    msg.sender,
                    burnAddress,
                    burnToken.tokenId,
                    amountToBurn,
                    ""
                );
            }
        }
        if (state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata) {
            require(
                _tokenIds[0].length == _tokensToMint,
                "BURN_TOKENS_MUST_MATCH_MINT_NO"
            );
            uint256 firstNewTokenId = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokensToMint; i++) {
                state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[
                    firstNewTokenId + i
                ] = _tokenIds[0][i];
            }
        }
        _safeMint(msg.sender, _tokensToMint);
    }
}

// File: contracts/implementations/HeyMintERC721AExtensionC.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {AdvancedConfig, Data, BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionC is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
    event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId);

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    /**
     * @notice Update the specific token URI for a set of tokens
     * @param _tokenIds The token IDs to update
     * @param _newURIs The new URIs to use
     */
    function setTokenURIs(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIds,
        string[] calldata _newURIs
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds.length;
        require(tokenIdsLength == _newURIs.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenURIs[_tokenIds[i]] = _newURIs[i];
        }
    }

    function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase;
    }

    // ============ CREDIT CARD PAYMENT ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function _publicPriceInWei() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
     */
    function _publicSaleTimeIsActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (
            state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0
        ) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime &&
            block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns an array of default addresses authorized to call creditCardMint
     */
    function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses()
        public
        pure
        returns (address[5] memory)
    {
        return [
            0xf3DB642663231887E2Ff3501da6E3247D8634A6D,
            0x5e01a33C75931aD0A91A12Ee016Be8D61b24ADEB,
            0x9E733848061e4966c4a920d5b99a123459670aEe,
            0x7754B94345BCE520f8dd4F6a5642567603e90E10,
            0xdAb1a1854214684acE522439684a145E62505233
        ];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set an address authorized to call creditCardMint
     * @param _creditCardMintAddress The new address to authorize
     */
    function setCreditCardMintAddress(
        address _creditCardMintAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .creditCardMintAddress = _creditCardMintAddress;
    }

    function creditCardMint(
        uint256 _numTokens,
        address _to
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address[5]
            memory defaultAddresses = getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses();
        bool authorized = false;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultAddresses.length; i++) {
            if (msg.sender == defaultAddresses[i]) {
                authorized = true;
                break;
            }
        }
        require(
            authorized || msg.sender == state.advCfg.creditCardMintAddress,
            "NOT_AUTHORIZED_ADDRESS"
        );
        require(state.cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(_publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
                _numberMinted(_to) + _numTokens <=
                state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
                _numTokens <= state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + _numTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 publicPrice = _publicPriceInWei();
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
        }

        if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
                HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
                    firstTokenIdToMint + i
                ] = publicPrice;
            }
        }

        _safeMint(_to, _numTokens);

        if (totalSupply() >= state.cfg.maxSupply) {
            state.cfg.publicSaleActive = false;
        }
    }

    // ============ SOULBINDING ============

    /**
     * @notice Change the admin address used to transfer tokens if needed.
     * @param _adminAddress The new soulbound admin address
     */
    function setSoulboundAdminAddress(
        address _adminAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        require(!advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled);
        advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = _adminAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Disallow admin transfers of soulbound tokens permanently.
     */
    function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = address(0);
        advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Turn soulbinding on or off
     * @param _soulbindingActive If true soulbinding is active
     */
    function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive = _soulbindingActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows an admin address to initiate token transfers if user wallets get hacked or lost
     * This function can only be used on soulbound tokens to prevent arbitrary transfers of normal tokens
     * @param _from The address to transfer from
     * @param _to The address to transfer to
     * @param _tokenId The token id to transfer
     */
    function soulboundAdminTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address adminAddress = state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress == address(0)
            ? owner()
            : state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress;
        require(msg.sender == adminAddress, "NOT_ADMIN");
        require(state.cfg.soulbindingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            !state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled,
            "NOT_ACTIVE"
        );
        state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = true;
        _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
        safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);
        state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = false;
    }

    // ============ STAKING ============

    /**
     * @notice Turn staking on or off
     * @param _stakingState The new state of staking (true = on, false = off)
     */
    function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.stakingActive = _stakingState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Stake an arbitrary number of tokens
     * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to stake
     */
    function stakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(state.advCfg.stakingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
            uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i];
            require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
            if (state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0) {
                state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = block.timestamp;
                emit Stake(tokenId);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Unstake an arbitrary number of tokens
     * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to unstake
     */
    function unstakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
            uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i];
            require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
            if (data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] != 0) {
                data.totalTimeStaked[tokenId] +=
                    block.timestamp -
                    data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId];
                data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = 0;
                emit Unstake(tokenId);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows for transfers (not sales) while staking
     * @param _from The address of the current owner of the token
     * @param _to The address of the new owner of the token
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to transfer
     */
    function stakingTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        data.stakingTransferActive = true;
        safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);
        data.stakingTransferActive = false;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow contract owner to forcibly unstake a token if needed
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to unstake
     */
    function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        require(HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] != 0);
        data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId] +=
            block.timestamp -
            data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] = 0;
        emit Unstake(_tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Return the total amount of time a token has been staked
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to check
     */
    function totalTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        uint256 currentStakeStartTime = data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) {
            return
                (block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime) +
                data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        }
        return data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Return the amount of time a token has been currently staked
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to check
     */
    function currentTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 currentStakeStartTime = HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .data
            .currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) {
            return block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime;
        }
        return 0;
    }

    // ============ FREE CLAIM ============

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow free claiming tokens
     * @param _freeClaimActive If true tokens can be claimed for free
     */
    function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        if (_freeClaimActive) {
            require(
                advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0),
                "NOT_CONFIGURED"
            );
            require(advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        }
        advCfg.freeClaimActive = _freeClaimActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the contract address of the NFT eligible for free claim
     * @param _freeClaimContractAddress The new contract address
     */
    function setFreeClaimContractAddress(
        address _freeClaimContractAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .freeClaimContractAddress = _freeClaimContractAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token redeemed from the external ERC721 contract
     * @param _mintsPerFreeClaim The new number of free mints per token redeemed
     */
    function updateMintsPerFreeClaim(
        uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim = _mintsPerFreeClaim;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Check if an array of tokens is eligible for free claim
     * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to check
     */
    function checkFreeClaimEligibility(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bool[] memory) {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        bool[] memory eligible = new bool[](_tokenIDs.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) {
            eligible[i] = !data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]];
        }
        return eligible;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Free claim token when msg.sender owns the token in the external contract
     * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to redeem
     */
    function freeClaim(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIDs.length;
        uint256 totalMints = tokenIdsLength * state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim;
        require(
            state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0),
            "NOT_CONFIGURED"
        );
        require(state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(state.advCfg.freeClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = totalMints * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT");
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        }
        IERC721 ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract = IERC721(
            state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress
        );
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) {
            require(
                ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract.ownerOf(_tokenIDs[i]) ==
                    msg.sender,
                "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
            );
            require(
                !state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]],
                "TOKEN_ALREADY_CLAIMED"
            );
            state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]] = true;
        }
        _safeMint(msg.sender, totalMints);
    }

    // ============ RANDOM HASH ============

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow random hash generation
     * @param _randomHashActive true to enable random hash generation, false to disable
     */
    function setGenerateRandomHashState(
        bool _randomHashActive
    ) external onlyOwner {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        cfg.randomHashActive = _randomHashActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve random hashes for an array of token ids
     * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to retrieve random hashes for
     */
    function getRandomHashes(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        bytes32[] memory randomHashes = new bytes32[](_tokenIDs.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) {
            randomHashes[i] = data.randomHashStore[_tokenIDs[i]];
        }
        return randomHashes;
    }
}

// File: contracts/implementations/HeyMintERC721AExtensionD.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {AdvancedConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionD is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
    event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);

    // Address of the HeyMint admin address
    address public constant heymintAdminAddress =
        0x52EA5F96f004d174470901Ba3F1984D349f0D3eF;
    // Address where burnt tokens are sent.
    address public constant burnAddress =
        0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;

    // ============ HEYMINT FEE ============

    /**
     * @notice Allows the heymintAdminAddress to set the heymint fee per token
     * @param _heymintFeePerToken The new fee per token in wei
     */
    function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external {
        require(msg.sender == heymintAdminAddress, "MUST_BE_HEYMINT_ADMIN");
        HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken = _heymintFeePerToken;
    }

    // ============ HEYMINT DEPOSIT TOKEN REDEMPTION ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the deposit payment in wei. Deposit payment is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return
            uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.remainingDepositPayment) *
            10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning a deposit token to mint
     * @param _depositClaimActive If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint
     */
    function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        if (_depositClaimActive) {
            require(advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED");
            require(
                advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0),
                "NOT_CONFIGURED"
            );
        }
        advCfg.depositClaimActive = _depositClaimActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the merkle root used to validate the deposit tokens eligible for burning
     * @dev Each leaf in the merkle tree is the token id of a deposit token
     * @param _depositMerkleRoot The new merkle root
     */
    function setDepositMerkleRoot(
        bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.depositMerkleRoot = _depositMerkleRoot;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the address of the HeyMint deposit contract eligible for burning to mint
     * @param _depositContractAddress The new deposit contract address
     */
    function setDepositContractAddress(
        address _depositContractAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .depositContractAddress = _depositContractAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the remaining payment required in order to mint along with burning a deposit token
     * @param _remainingDepositPayment The new remaining payment in centiETH
     */
    function setRemainingDepositPayment(
        uint32 _remainingDepositPayment
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .remainingDepositPayment = _remainingDepositPayment;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows for burning deposit tokens in order to mint. The tokens must be eligible for burning.
     * Additional payment may be required in addition to burning the deposit tokens.
     * @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the deposit tokens being burned
     * @param _tokenIds The token ids of the deposit tokens to burn
     * @param _merkleProofs The merkle proofs for each token id verifying eligibility
     */
    function burnDepositTokensToMint(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIds,
        bytes32[][] calldata _merkleProofs
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(
            state.advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0),
            "NOT_CONFIGURED"
        );
        require(state.advCfg.depositClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        uint256 numberOfTokens = _tokenIds.length;
        require(numberOfTokens > 0, "NO_TOKEN_IDS_PROVIDED");
        require(
            numberOfTokens == _merkleProofs.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + numberOfTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            msg.value == remainingDepositPaymentInWei() * numberOfTokens,
            "INCORRECT_REMAINING_PAYMENT"
        );
        IERC721 DepositContract = IERC721(state.advCfg.depositContractAddress);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberOfTokens; i++) {
            require(
                MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify(
                    _merkleProofs[i],
                    state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot,
                    keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_tokenIds[i]))
                ),
                "INVALID_MERKLE_PROOF"
            );
            require(
                DepositContract.ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender,
                "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
            );
            DepositContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, _tokenIds[i]);
        }
        _safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
    }

    // ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the funding target in wei. Funding target is stored with 2 decimals (1 = 0.01 ETH), so total 2 + 16 == 18 decimals
     */
    function fundingTargetInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.fundingTarget) * 10 ** 16;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be called by anyone once the funding duration has passed to determine if the funding target was reached
     * If the funding target was not reached, all funds are refundable. Must be called before owner can withdraw funds
     */
    function determineFundingSuccess() external {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(
            address(this).balance >= fundingTargetInWei(),
            "FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_MET"
        );
        require(
            !state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined,
            "SUCCESS_ALREADY_DETERMINED"
        );
        state.data.fundingTargetReached = true;
        state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Burn tokens and return the price paid to the token owner if the funding target was not reached
     * Can be called starting 1 day after funding duration ends
     * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to be refunded
     */
    function burnToRefund(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        // Prevent refunding tokens on a contract where conditional funding has not been enabled
        require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(
            block.timestamp > uint256(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt) + 1 days,
            "FUNDING_PERIOD_STILL_ACTIVE"
        );
        require(!state.data.fundingTargetReached, "FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET");
        require(
            address(this).balance < fundingTargetInWei(),
            "FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET"
        );

        uint256 totalRefund = 0;

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
            require(ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
            require(
                state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]] > 0,
                "TOKEN_WAS_NOT_PURCHASED"
            );
            safeTransferFrom(
                msg.sender,
                0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD,
                _tokenIds[i]
            );
            totalRefund += state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]];
        }

        (bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: totalRefund}("");
        require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }

    // ============ LOANING ============

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow for loan functionality to turned on and off
     * @param _loaningActive The new state of loaning (true = on, false = off)
     */
    function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.loaningActive = _loaningActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to loan their tokens to other addresses
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to loan
     * @param _receiver The address of the receiver of the loan
     */
    function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == address(0),
            "CANNOT_LOAN_BORROWED_TOKEN"
        );
        require(state.advCfg.loaningActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        require(_receiver != msg.sender, "CANNOT_LOAN_TO_SELF");
        // Transfer the token - must do this before updating the mapping otherwise transfer will fail; nonReentrant modifier will prevent reentrancy
        safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId);
        // Add it to the mapping of originally loaned tokens
        state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] = msg.sender;
        // Add to the owner's loan balance
        state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] += 1;
        state.data.currentLoanTotal += 1;
        emit Loan(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow the original owner of a token to retrieve a loaned token
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve
     */
    function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId);
        require(borrowerAddress != msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        require(
            state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == msg.sender,
            "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
        );
        // Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens
        delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
        // Subtract from the owner's loan balance
        state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] -= 1;
        state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1;
        // Transfer the token back
        _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
        safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId);
        emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow contract owner to retrieve a loan to prevent malicious floor listings
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve
     */
    function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId);
        address loanerAddress = state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
        require(loanerAddress != address(0), "TOKEN_NOT_LOANED");
        // Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens
        delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
        // Subtract from the owner's loan balance
        state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[loanerAddress] -= 1;
        state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1;
        // Transfer the token back
        _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
        safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId);
        emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * Returns the total number of loaned tokens
     */
    function totalLoaned() public view returns (uint256) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentLoanTotal;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the loaned balance of an address
     * @param _owner The address to check
     */
    function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().data.totalLoanedPerAddress[_owner];
    }

    /**
     * Returns all the token ids loaned by a given address
     * @param _owner The address to check
     */
    function loanedTokensByAddress(
        address _owner
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256 totalTokensLoaned = loanedBalanceOf(_owner);
        uint256 mintedSoFar = totalSupply();
        uint256 tokenIdsIdx = 0;
        uint256[] memory allTokenIds = new uint256[](totalTokensLoaned);
        for (
            uint256 i = 1;
            i <= mintedSoFar && tokenIdsIdx != totalTokensLoaned;
            i++
        ) {
            if (HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[i] == _owner) {
                allTokenIds[tokenIdsIdx] = i;
                tokenIdsIdx++;
            }
        }
        return allTokenIds;
    }

    // ============ REFUND ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the refund price in wei. Refund price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function refundPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundPrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
     */
    function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the address where tokens are sent when refunded
     * @param _refundAddress The new refund address
     */
    function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external onlyOwner {
        require(_refundAddress != address(0), "CANNOT_SEND_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS");
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundAddress = _refundAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Increase the period of time where token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
     * @param _newRefundEndsAt The new timestamp when the refund period ends. Must be greater than the current timestamp
     */
    function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        require(
            _newRefundEndsAt > advCfg.refundEndsAt,
            "MUST_INCREASE_DURATION"
        );
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundEndsAt = _newRefundEndsAt;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Refund token and return the refund price to the token owner.
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to refund
     */
    function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
        require(refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_EXPIRED");
        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();

        // In case refunds are enabled with conditional funding, don't allow burnToRefund on refunded tokens
        if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            delete state.data.pricePaid[_tokenId];
        }

        address addressToSendToken = state.advCfg.refundAddress != address(0)
            ? state.advCfg.refundAddress
            : owner();

        safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, addressToSendToken, _tokenId);

        (bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: refundPriceInWei()}(
            ""
        );
        require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }
}

// File: contracts/implementations/HeyMintERC721AReference.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

/**
 * @title HeyMint ERC721A Function Reference
 * @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz)
 * @notice This is a function reference contract for Etherscan reference purposes only.
 * This contract includes all the functions from multiple implementation contracts.
 */
contract HeyMintERC721AReference {
    struct BaseConfig {
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool usePublicSaleTimes;
        bool presaleActive;
        bool usePresaleTimes;
        bool soulbindingActive;
        bool randomHashActive;
        bool enforceRoyalties;
        bool heyMintFeeActive;
        uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress;
        uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress;
        uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
        uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
        uint16 maxSupply;
        uint16 presaleMaxSupply;
        uint16 royaltyBps;
        uint32 publicPrice;
        uint32 presalePrice;
        uint24 projectId;
        string uriBase;
        address presaleSignerAddress;
        uint32 publicSaleStartTime;
        uint32 publicSaleEndTime;
        uint32 presaleStartTime;
        uint32 presaleEndTime;
        uint32 fundingEndsAt;
        uint32 fundingTarget;
    }

    struct TokenOwnership {
        address addr;
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        bool burned;
        uint24 extraData;
    }

    struct AdvancedConfig {
        bool stakingActive;
        bool loaningActive;
        bool freeClaimActive;
        uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim;
        address freeClaimContractAddress;
        bool burnClaimActive;
        bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
        uint8 mintsPerBurn;
        uint32 burnPayment;
        bool payoutAddressesFrozen;
        uint32 refundEndsAt;
        uint32 refundPrice;
        bool metadataFrozen;
        bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled;
        bool depositClaimActive;
        uint32 remainingDepositPayment;
        address depositContractAddress;
        bytes32 depositMerkleRoot;
        uint16[] payoutBasisPoints;
        address[] payoutAddresses;
        address royaltyPayoutAddress;
        address soulboundAdminAddress;
        address refundAddress;
        address creditCardMintAddress;
    }

    struct BurnToken {
        address contractAddress;
        uint8 tokenType;
        uint8 tokensPerBurn;
        uint16 tokenId;
    }

    function CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {}

    function EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {}

    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable {}

    function balanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function explicitOwnershipOf(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {}

    function explicitOwnershipsOf(
        uint256[] memory tokenIds
    ) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory) {}

    function freezeMetadata() external {}

    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}

    function defaultHeymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function heymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external {}

    function heymintPayoutAddress() external view returns (address) {}

    function initialize(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        BaseConfig memory _config
    ) external {}

    function isApprovedForAll(
        address _owner,
        address operator
    ) external view returns (bool) {}

    function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() external view returns (bool) {}

    function name() external view returns (string memory) {}

    function numberMinted(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function owner() external view returns (address) {}

    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}

    function pause() external {}

    function paused() external view returns (bool) {}

    function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable {}

    function publicPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function publicSaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {}

    function refundGuaranteeActive() external view returns (bool) {}

    function renounceOwnership() external {}

    function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {}

    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256,
        uint256 _salePrice
    ) external view returns (address, uint256) {}

    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable {}

    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) external payable {}

    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external {}

    function setBaseURI(string memory _newBaseURI) external {}

    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {}

    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external {}

    function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external {}

    function setPublicSaleEndTime(uint32 _publicSaleEndTime) external {}

    function setPublicSaleStartTime(uint32 _publicSaleStartTime) external {}

    function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {}

    function setUsePublicSaleTimes(bool _usePublicSaleTimes) external {}

    function setUser(uint256 tokenId, address user, uint64 expires) external {}

    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) external view returns (bool) {}

    function symbol() external view returns (string memory) {}

    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory) {}

    function tokensOfOwner(
        address _owner
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}

    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address _owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}

    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable {}

    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external {}

    function unpause() external {}

    function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}

    function withdraw() external {}

    function freezePayoutAddresses() external {}

    function getSettings()
        external
        view
        returns (
            BaseConfig memory,
            AdvancedConfig memory,
            BurnToken[] memory,
            bool,
            bool,
            bool,
            uint256
        )
    {}

    function gift(
        address[] memory _receivers,
        uint256[] memory _mintNumber
    ) external payable {}

    function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external {}

    function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external {}

    function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress(address _royaltyPayoutAddress) external {}

    function updateAdvancedConfig(
        AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig
    ) external {}

    function updateBaseConfig(BaseConfig memory _baseConfig) external {}

    function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
        address[] memory _payoutAddresses,
        uint16[] memory _payoutBasisPoints
    ) external {}

    function heymintAdminAddress() external view returns (address) {}

    function burnAddress() external view returns (address) {}

    function burnToMint(
        address[] memory _contracts,
        uint256[][] memory _tokenIds,
        uint256 _tokensToMint
    ) external payable {}

    function presaleMint(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes memory _signature,
        uint256 _numTokens,
        uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
    ) external payable {}

    function presalePriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function presaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {}

    function reducePresaleMaxSupply(uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply) external {}

    function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external {}

    function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external {}

    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {}

    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external {}

    function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external {}

    function setPresaleSignerAddress(address _presaleSignerAddress) external {}

    function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external {}

    function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {}

    function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata(
        bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata
    ) external {}

    function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external {}

    function updateBurnTokens(BurnToken[] memory _burnTokens) external {}

    function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external {}

    function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) {}

    function checkFreeClaimEligibility(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bool[] memory) {}

    function currentTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external {}

    function freeClaim(uint256[] memory _tokenIDs) external payable {}

    function getRandomHashes(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {}

    function setFreeClaimContractAddress(
        address _freeClaimContractAddress
    ) external {}

    function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external {}

    function setGenerateRandomHashState(bool _randomHashActive) external {}

    function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external {}

    function setSoulboundAdminAddress(address _adminAddress) external {}

    function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external {}

    function setTokenURIs(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIds,
        string[] memory _newURIs
    ) external {}

    function soulboundAdminTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {}

    function stakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}

    function stakingTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {}

    function totalTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function unstakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}

    function updateMintsPerFreeClaim(uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim) external {}

    function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function burnDepositTokensToMint(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIds,
        bytes32[][] memory _merkleProofs
    ) external payable {}

    function burnToRefund(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}

    function determineFundingSuccess() external {}

    function fundingTargetInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external {}

    function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external {}

    function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function loanedTokensByAddress(
        address _owner
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}

    function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function refundPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external {}

    function setDepositContractAddress(
        address _depositContractAddress
    ) external {}

    function setDepositMerkleRoot(bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot) external {}

    function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external {}

    function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external {}

    function setRemainingDepositPayment(
        uint32 _remainingDepositPayment
    ) external {}

    function totalLoaned() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function burnPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external {}

    function setCreditCardMintAddress(
        address _creditCardMintAddress
    ) external {}

    function creditCardMint(uint256 _numTokens, address _to) external payable {}

    function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses()
        public
        pure
        returns (address[5] memory)
    {}
}

// File: contracts/implementations/HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {Data, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AStorage} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {OwnableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable
 * @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz)
 * @notice This contract contains shared logic to be inherited by all implementation contracts
 */
contract HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable is
    ERC4907AUpgradeable,
    ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable,
    OwnableUpgradeable,
    PausableUpgradeable,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable
{
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    uint256 public constant defaultHeymintFeePerToken = 0.0007 ether;
    address public constant heymintPayoutAddress =
        0xE1FaC470dE8dE91c66778eaa155C64c7ceEFc851;

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    /**
     * @dev Overrides the default ERC721A _startTokenId() so tokens begin at 1 instead of 0
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Wraps and exposes publicly _numberMinted() from ERC721A
     * @param _owner The address of the owner to check
     */
    function numberMinted(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _numberMinted(_owner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Used to directly approve a token for transfers by the current msg.sender,
     * bypassing the typical checks around msg.sender being the owner of a given token.
     * This approval will be automatically deleted once the token is transferred.
     * @param _tokenId The ID of the token to approve
     */
    function _directApproveMsgSenderFor(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[_tokenId].value = msg.sender;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the owner of the contract
     */
    function owner()
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(OwnableUpgradeable, RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable)
        returns (address)
    {
        return OwnableUpgradeable.owner();
    }

    // https://chiru-labs.github.io/ERC721A/#/migration?id=supportsinterface
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
     * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC4907AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        // Supports the following interfaceIds:
        // - IERC165: 0x01ffc9a7
        // - IERC721: 0x80ac58cd
        // - IERC721Metadata: 0x5b5e139f
        // - IERC2981: 0x2a55205a
        // - IERC4907: 0xad092b5c
        return
            ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            ERC4907AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    // ============ HEYMINT FEE ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the HeyMint fee per token. If the fee is 0, the default fee is returned
     */
    function heymintFeePerToken() public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 fee = HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken;
        return fee == 0 ? defaultHeymintFeePerToken : fee;
    }

    // ============ OPERATOR FILTER REGISTRY ============

    /**
     * @notice Override default ERC-721 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     * @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
     * @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    )
        public
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        require(
            !HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
            "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
        );
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override default ERC721 approve to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     * @param to Address to receive the approval
     * @param tokenId ID of the token to be approved
     */
    function approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(to)
    {
        require(
            !HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
            "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
        );
        super.approve(to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     *      The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     *      The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     *      The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    // ============ RANDOM HASH ============

    /**
     * @notice Generate a suitably random hash from block data
     * Can be used later to determine any sort of arbitrary outcome
     * @param _tokenId The token ID to generate a random hash for
     */
    function _generateRandomHash(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        if (data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] == bytes32(0)) {
            data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] = keccak256(
                abi.encode(block.prevrandao, _tokenId)
            );
        }
    }

    // ============ TOKEN TRANSFER CHECKS ============

    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal override whenNotPaused onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            !state.advCfg.stakingActive ||
                state.data.stakingTransferActive ||
                state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0,
            "TOKEN_IS_STAKED"
        );
        require(
            state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[tokenId] == address(0),
            "CANNOT_TRANSFER_LOANED_TOKEN"
        );
        if (
            state.cfg.soulbindingActive &&
            !state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress
        ) {
            require(from == address(0), "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND");
        }
        if (state.cfg.randomHashActive && from == address(0)) {
            _generateRandomHash(tokenId);
        }

        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, quantity);
    }
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

struct Implementation {
    address implAddress;
    bytes4[] selectors;
}

interface IAddressRelay {
    /**
     * @notice Returns the fallback implementation address
     */
    function fallbackImplAddress() external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
     * @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
     */
    function addOrUpdateSelectors(
        bytes4[] memory _selectors,
        address _implAddress
    ) external;

    /**
     * @notice Removes selectors
     * @param _selectors The selectors to remove
     */
    function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external;

    /**
     * @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
     */
    function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(address _implAddress) external;

    /**
     * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
     * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
     */
    function getImplAddress(
        bytes4 _functionSelector
    ) external view returns (address implAddress_);

    /**
     * @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
     * @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
     */
    function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
        external
        view
        returns (Implementation[] memory impls_);

    /**
     * @notice Return all the fucntion selectors associated with an implementation address
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
     */
    function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
        address _implAddress
    ) external view returns (bytes4[] memory selectors_);

    /**
     * @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
     * @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
     */
    function setFallbackImplAddress(address _fallbackAddress) external;

    /**
     * @notice Updates the supported interfaces
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
     * @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
     */
    function updateSupportedInterfaces(
        bytes4 _interfaceId,
        bool _supported
    ) external;

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 _interfaceId
    ) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

interface IERC165 {
    /// @notice Query if a contract implements an interface
    /// @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
    /// @dev Interface identification is specified in ERC-165. This function
    ///  uses less than 30,000 gas.
    /// @return `true` if the contract implements `interfaceID` and
    ///  `interfaceID` is not 0xffffffff, `false` otherwise
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IERC173.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

/// @title ERC-173 Contract Ownership Standard
///  Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x7f5828d0
/* is ERC165 */
interface IERC173 {
    /// @dev This emits when ownership of a contract changes.
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );

    /// @notice Get the address of the owner
    /// @return owner_ The address of the owner.
    function owner() external view returns (address owner_);

    /// @notice Set the address of the new owner of the contract
    /// @dev Set _newOwner to address(0) to renounce any ownership.
    /// @param _newOwner The address of the new owner of the contract
    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) external;
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IExchangeOperatorAddressList.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

interface IExchangeOperatorAddressList {
    /**
     * @notice Returns an integer representing the exchange a given operator address belongs to (0 if none)
     * @param _operatorAddress The operator address to map to an exchange
     */
    function operatorAddressToExchange(
        address _operatorAddress
    ) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: contracts/libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

struct BaseConfig {
    // If true tokens can be minted in the public sale
    bool publicSaleActive;
    // If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the public sale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
    bool usePublicSaleTimes;
    // If true tokens can be minted in the presale
    bool presaleActive;
    // If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the presale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
    bool usePresaleTimes;
    // If true, all tokens will be soulbound
    bool soulbindingActive;
    // If true, a random hash will be generated for each token
    bool randomHashActive;
    // If true, the default CORI subscription address will be used to enforce royalties with the Operator Filter Registry
    bool enforceRoyalties;
    // If true, HeyMint fees will be charged for minting tokens
    bool heyMintFeeActive;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per address
    uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale per address
    uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per transaction
    uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale sale per transaction
    uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
    // Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted
    uint16 maxSupply;
    // Total number of tokens available for minting in the presale
    uint16 presaleMaxSupply;
    // The royalty payout percentage in basis points
    uint16 royaltyBps;
    // The price of a token in the public sale in 1/100,000 ETH - e.g. 1 = 0.00001 ETH, 100,000 = 1 ETH - multiply by 10^13 to get correct wei amount
    uint32 publicPrice;
    // The price of a token in the presale in 1/100,000 ETH
    uint32 presalePrice;
    // Used to create a default HeyMint Launchpad URI for token metadata to save gas over setting a custom URI and increase fetch reliability
    uint24 projectId;
    // The base URI for all token metadata
    string uriBase;
    // The address used to sign and validate presale mints
    address presaleSignerAddress;
    // The automatic start time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
    uint32 publicSaleStartTime;
    // The automatic end time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
    uint32 publicSaleEndTime;
    // The automatic start time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
    uint32 presaleStartTime;
    // The automatic end time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
    uint32 presaleEndTime;
    // If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds by which the fundingTarget must be met or funds are refundable
    uint32 fundingEndsAt;
    // The amount of centiETH that must be raised by fundingEndsAt or funds are refundable - multiply by 10^16
    uint32 fundingTarget;
}

struct AdvancedConfig {
    // When false, tokens cannot be staked but can still be unstaked
    bool stakingActive;
    // When false, tokens cannot be loaned but can still be retrieved
    bool loaningActive;
    // If true tokens can be claimed for free
    bool freeClaimActive;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted per free claim
    uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim;
    // Optional address of an NFT that is eligible for free claim
    address freeClaimContractAddress;
    // If true tokens can be burned in order to mint
    bool burnClaimActive;
    // If true, the original token id of a burned token will be used for metadata
    bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction
    uint8 mintsPerBurn;
    // The payment required alongside a burn transaction in order to mint in 1/100,000 ETH
    uint32 burnPayment;
    // Permanently freezes payout addresses and basis points so they can never be updated
    bool payoutAddressesFrozen;
    // If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds until which tokens are refundable for refundPrice
    uint32 refundEndsAt;
    // The amount returned to a user in a token refund in 1/100,000 ETH
    uint32 refundPrice;
    // Permanently freezes metadata so it can never be changed
    bool metadataFrozen;
    // If true the soulbind admin address is permanently disabled
    bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled;
    // If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint
    bool depositClaimActive;
    // If additional payment is required to mint, this is the amount required in centiETH
    uint32 remainingDepositPayment;
    // The deposit token smart contract address
    address depositContractAddress;
    // The merkle root used to validate if deposit tokens are eligible to burn to mint
    bytes32 depositMerkleRoot;
    // The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points
    uint16[] payoutBasisPoints;
    // The addresses to which funds are sent when a token is sold. If empty, funds are sent to the contract owner.
    address[] payoutAddresses;
    // Optional address where royalties are paid out. If not set, royalties are paid to the contract owner.
    address royaltyPayoutAddress;
    // Used to allow transferring soulbound tokens with admin privileges. Defaults to the contract owner if not set.
    address soulboundAdminAddress;
    // The address where refunded tokens are returned. If not set, refunded tokens are sent to the contract owner.
    address refundAddress;
    // An address authorized to call the creditCardMint function.
    address creditCardMintAddress;
}

struct BurnToken {
    // The contract address of the token to be burned
    address contractAddress;
    // The type of contract - 1 = ERC-721, 2 = ERC-1155
    uint8 tokenType;
    // The number of tokens to burn per mint
    uint8 tokensPerBurn;
    // The ID of the token on an ERC-1155 contract eligible for burn; unused for ERC-721
    uint16 tokenId;
}

struct Data {
    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
    // HeyMint fee to be paid per minted token (if not set, defaults to defaultHeymintFeePerToken)
    uint256 heymintFeePerToken;
    // Keeps track of if advanced config settings have been initialized to prevent setting multiple times
    bool advancedConfigInitialized;
    // A mapping of token IDs to specific tokenURIs for tokens that have custom metadata
    mapping(uint256 => string) tokenURIs;
    // ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============
    // If true, the funding target was reached and funds are not refundable
    bool fundingTargetReached;
    // If true, funding success has been determined and determineFundingSuccess() can no longer be called
    bool fundingSuccessDetermined;
    // A mapping of token ID to price paid for the token
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) pricePaid;
    // ============ SOULBINDING ============
    // Used to allow an admin to transfer soulbound tokens when necessary
    bool soulboundAdminTransferInProgress;
    // ============ BURN TO MINT ============
    // Maps a token id to the burn token id that was used to mint it to match metadata
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) tokenIdToBurnTokenId;
    // ============ STAKING ============
    // Used to allow direct transfers of staked tokens without unstaking first
    bool stakingTransferActive;
    // Returns the UNIX timestamp at which a token began staking if currently staked
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) currentTimeStaked;
    // Returns the total time a token has been staked in seconds, not counting the current staking time if any
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) totalTimeStaked;
    // ============ LOANING ============
    // Used to keep track of the total number of tokens on loan
    uint256 currentLoanTotal;
    // Returns the total number of tokens loaned by an address
    mapping(address => uint256) totalLoanedPerAddress;
    // Returns the address of the original token owner if a token is currently on loan
    mapping(uint256 => address) tokenOwnersOnLoan;
    // ============ FREE CLAIM ============
    // If true token has already been used to claim and cannot be used again
    mapping(uint256 => bool) freeClaimUsed;
    // ============ RANDOM HASH ============
    // Stores a random hash for each token ID
    mapping(uint256 => bytes32) randomHashStore;
}

library HeyMintStorage {
    struct State {
        BaseConfig cfg;
        AdvancedConfig advCfg;
        BurnToken[] burnTokens;
        Data data;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT =
        keccak256("heymint.launchpad.storage.erc721a");

    function state() internal pure returns (State storage s) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            s.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/testContracts/EnumerableERC1155.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;

import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";

/**
 * @author Created with HeyMint Launchpad https://launchpad.heymint.xyz
 * @notice This contract handles minting Verification test tokens.
 */
contract EnumerableERC1155 is
    ERC1155Supply,
    Ownable,
    Pausable,
    ReentrancyGuard,
    ERC2981
{
    using ECDSA for bytes32;

    // Used to validate authorized presale mint addresses
    address private presaleSignerAddress =
        0x0fE6E0D15E6F775138Ab556dE54B96d5C1358F3D;
    address public royaltyAddress = 0x7A4dF7B461f1bE3e88373a4d933aeefE2FAdcE71;
    address[] public payoutAddresses = [
        0xD3371FD388664Bd16A267788dbE977582B850f5b
    ];
    // Permanently freezes metadata for all tokens so they can never be changed
    bool public allMetadataFrozen = false;
    // If true, payout addresses and basis points are permanently frozen and can never be updated
    bool public payoutAddressesFrozen;
    // The amount of tokens minted by a given address for a given token id
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256))
        public tokensMintedByAddress;
    // Permanently freezes metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMetadataFrozen;
    // If true, the given token id can never be minted again
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled;
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPresaleSaleActive;
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPublicSaleActive;
    // If true, sale start and end times for the presale will be enforced, else ignored
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePresaleTimes;
    // If true, sale start and end times for the public sale will be enforced, else ignored
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePublicSaleTimes;
    mapping(uint256 => string) public tokenURI;
    // Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted for each token id. If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenMaxSupply;
    // If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMaxSupply;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresalePrice;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleEndTime;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleStartTime;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicMintsPerAddress;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicPrice;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleEndTime;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleStartTime;
    string public name = "Verification test";
    string public symbol = "VRT";
    // The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points
    uint256[] public payoutBasisPoints = [10000];
    uint96 public royaltyFee = 0;

    constructor()
        ERC1155(
            "ipfs://bafybeicin4rmb5y44r2a5jhwvobfgxutabetrttoi3u2po7pdymxt7dwdy/{id}"
        )
    {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
        tokenPublicPrice[1] = 0.1 ether;
        tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[1] = 0;
        require(
            payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPoints.length,
            "PAYOUT_ARRAYS_NOT_SAME_LENGTH"
        );
        uint256 totalPayoutBasisPoints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) {
            totalPayoutBasisPoints += payoutBasisPoints[i];
        }
        require(
            totalPayoutBasisPoints == 10000,
            "TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000"
        );
    }

    modifier originalUser() {
        require(tx.origin == msg.sender, "CANNOT_CALL_FROM_CONTRACT");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns a custom URI for each token id if set
     */
    function uri(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view override returns (string memory) {
        // If no URI exists for the specific id requested, fallback to the default ERC-1155 URI.
        if (bytes(tokenURI[_tokenId]).length == 0) {
            return super.uri(_tokenId);
        }
        return tokenURI[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets a URI for a specific token id.
     */
    function setURI(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        string calldata _newTokenURI
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            !allMetadataFrozen && !tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId],
            "METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN"
        );
        tokenURI[_tokenId] = _newTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the global default ERC-1155 base URI
     */
    function setGlobalURI(string calldata _newTokenURI) external onlyOwner {
        require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN");
        _setURI(_newTokenURI);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed again
     */
    function freezeTokenMetadata(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            !tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId],
            "METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN"
        );
        tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId] = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze all metadata so it can never be changed again
     */
    function freezeAllMetadata() external onlyOwner {
        require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN");
        allMetadataFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens for a given token id
     * @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
     * @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for
     */
    function reduceMaxSupply(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _newMaxSupply
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                _newMaxSupply < tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
        );
        require(
            _newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(_tokenId),
            "SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS"
        );
        tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newMaxSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Lock a token id so that it can never be minted again
     */
    function permanentlyDisableTokenMinting(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId] = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Change the royalty fee for the collection
     */
    function setRoyaltyFee(uint96 _feeNumerator) external onlyOwner {
        royaltyFee = _feeNumerator;
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Change the royalty address where royalty payouts are sent
     */
    function setRoyaltyAddress(address _royaltyAddress) external onlyOwner {
        royaltyAddress = _royaltyAddress;
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
    }

    function pause() external onlyOwner {
        _pause();
    }

    function unpause() external onlyOwner {
        _unpause();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override ERC1155 such that zero amount token transfers are disallowed.
     * This prevents arbitrary 'creation' of new tokens in the collection by anyone.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) public override {
        require(amount > 0, "AMOUNT_CANNOT_BE_ZERO");
        return super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
    }

    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 _interfaceId
    ) public view override(ERC1155, ERC2981) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(_interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to send tokens without cost to multiple addresses
     */
    function giftTokens(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        address[] calldata _receivers,
        uint256[] calldata _mintNumber
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
            "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
        );
        uint256 totalMint = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) {
            totalMint += _mintNumber[i];
        }
        // require either no tokenMaxSupply set or tokenMaxSupply not maxed out
        require(
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                totalSupply(_tokenId) + totalMint <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "MINT_TOO_LARGE"
        );
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
            _mint(_receivers[i], _tokenId, _mintNumber[i], "");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicSaleState(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _saleActiveState
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the public mint price for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicPrice(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _publicPrice
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] = _publicPrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum public mints allowed per a given address for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for public mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicSaleStartTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _publicSaleStartTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_publicSaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for public mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicSaleEndTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _publicSaleEndTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times for a given token
     */
    function setTokenUsePublicSaleTimes(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _usePublicSaleTimes
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePublicSaleTimes,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePublicSaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if public sale times are active for a given token
     */
    function tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view returns (bool) {
        if (tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] &&
            block.timestamp <= tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for public minting of tokens for a given token
     */
    function mintToken(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _numTokens
    ) external payable originalUser nonReentrant {
        require(tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId], "PUBLIC_SALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId),
            "PUBLIC_SALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"
        );
        require(
            tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
                tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId],
            "MAX_MINTS_FOR_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            msg.value == tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens,
            "PAYMENT_INCORRECT"
        );
        require(
            !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
            "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
        );

        tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens;
        _mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, "");

        if (
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 &&
            totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId]
        ) {
            tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting
     */
    function setPresaleSignerAddress(
        address _presaleSignerAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleSignerAddress != address(0));
        presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleState(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _saleActiveState
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the presale mint price for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresalePrice(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _presalePrice
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] = _presalePrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum presale mints allowed per a given address for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the presale max supply of tokens for a given token id
     * @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
     * @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for
     */
    function reducePresaleMaxSupply(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _newPresaleMaxSupply
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                _newPresaleMaxSupply < tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
        );
        tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newPresaleMaxSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for presale mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleStartTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _presaleStartTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _presaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for presale mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleEndTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _presaleEndTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _presaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times for a given token
     */
    function setTokenUsePresaleTimes(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _usePresaleTimes
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePresaleTimes,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePresaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if presale times are active for a given token
     */
    function tokenPresaleTimeIsActive(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view returns (bool) {
        if (tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] &&
            block.timestamp <= tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress
     */
    function verifySignerAddress(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature
    ) private view returns (bool) {
        return
            presaleSignerAddress ==
            _messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens
     */
    function presaleMint(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature,
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _numTokens,
        uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
    ) external payable originalUser nonReentrant {
        require(tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId], "PRESALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            tokenPresaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId),
            "PRESALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"
        );
        require(
            !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
            "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
        );
        require(
            tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
                tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId],
            "MAX_MINTS_PER_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            _maximumAllowedMints == 0 ||
                tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
                _maximumAllowedMints,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <=
                tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            msg.value == tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens,
            "PAYMENT_INCORRECT"
        );
        require(
            keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints, _tokenId)) ==
                _messageHash,
            "MESSAGE_INVALID"
        );
        require(
            verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature),
            "SIGNATURE_VALIDATION_FAILED"
        );

        tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens;
        _mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, "");

        if (
            tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 &&
            totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId]
        ) {
            tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze all payout addresses and percentages so they can never be changed again
     */
    function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner {
        require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_ALREADY_FROZEN");
        payoutAddressesFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds
     */
    function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
        address[] calldata _payoutAddresses,
        uint256[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_FROZEN");
        require(
            _payoutAddresses.length == _payoutBasisPoints.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) {
            totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i];
        }
        require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000");
        payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses;
        payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract
     */
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner nonReentrant {
        require(address(this).balance > 0, "CONTRACT_HAS_NO_BALANCE");
        uint256 balance = address(this).balance;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddresses.length; i++) {
            uint256 amount = (balance * payoutBasisPoints[i]) / 10000;
            (bool success, ) = payoutAddresses[i].call{value: amount}("");
            require(success, "Transfer failed.");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override default ERC-1155 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
     * @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
     * @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) public override {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }

    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal override whenNotPaused {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
    }
}

// File: contracts/testContracts/EnumerableERC721.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {ERC721Enumerable, ERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol";
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {Counters} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol";

/**
 * @title Basic Enumerable ERC721 Contract
 * @author Ben Yu
 * @notice An ERC721Enumerable contract with basic functionality
 */
contract EnumerableERC721 is ERC721Enumerable, Ownable {
    using Counters for Counters.Counter;
    Counters.Counter private supplyCounter;

    uint256 public constant PRICE = 0.01 ether;
    uint256 public constant MAX_SUPPLY = 1000;

    string public baseTokenURI =
        "ipfs://bafybeih5lgrstt7kredzhpcvmft2qefue5pl3ykrdktadw5w62zd7cbkja/";
    bool public publicSaleActive;

    /**
     * @notice Initialize the contract
     */
    constructor() ERC721("Test Contract", "TEST") {
        // Start token IDs at 1
        supplyCounter.increment();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override the default base URI function to provide a real base URI
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return baseTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the base token URI
     * @param _newBaseURI New base URI
     */
    function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner {
        baseTokenURI = _newBaseURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows for public minting of tokens
     * @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to mint
     */
    function publicMint(uint256 _mintNumber) external payable virtual {
        require(msg.value == PRICE * _mintNumber, "INVALID_PRICE");
        require((totalSupply() + _mintNumber) <= MAX_SUPPLY, "MINT_TOO_LARGE");

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber; i++) {
            _safeMint(msg.sender, supplyCounter.current());
            supplyCounter.increment();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to send `mintNumber` tokens without cost to multiple addresses
     * @param _receivers Array of addresses to send tokens to
     * @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to send to each address
     */
    function gift(
        address[] calldata _receivers,
        uint256 _mintNumber
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            (totalSupply() + (_receivers.length * _mintNumber)) <= MAX_SUPPLY,
            "MINT_TOO_LARGE"
        );

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < _mintNumber; j++) {
                _safeMint(_receivers[i], supplyCounter.current());
                supplyCounter.increment();
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow contract owner to withdraw funds
     */
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
        payable(owner()).transfer(address(this).balance);
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721A__Initializable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */

import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';

abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );

        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }

        _;

        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }

    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/

library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');

    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AStorage.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }

    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================

        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');

    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;

    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================

    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;

    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;

    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;

    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;

    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;

    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;

    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;

    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;

    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;

    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;

    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;

    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;

    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;

    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;

    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================

    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }

    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }

    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();

        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);

        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();

        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);

        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }

        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );

            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);

        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );

            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;

            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )

                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();

            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);

        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );

            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);

            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);

        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);

        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }

        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);

        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));

        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);

        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }

        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }

        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );

            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)

            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str

            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }

            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC4907AStorage.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from './ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';

library ERC4907AStorage {
    struct Layout {
        // Mapping from token ID to user info.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `user`
        // - [160..223] `expires`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedUserInfo;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC4907A');

    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import './IERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC4907AStorage} from './ERC4907AStorage.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';

/**
 * @title ERC4907A
 *
 * @dev [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907) compliant
 * extension of ERC721A, which allows owners and authorized addresses
 * to add a time-limited role with restricted permissions to ERC721 tokens.
 */
abstract contract ERC4907AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC4907AUpgradeable {
    using ERC4907AStorage for ERC4907AStorage.Layout;

    function __ERC4907A_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC4907A_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC4907A_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}

    // The bit position of `expires` in packed user info.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXPIRES = 160;

    /**
     * @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates there is no user.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
     */
    function setUser(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address user,
        uint64 expires
    ) public virtual override {
        // Require the caller to be either the token owner or an approved operator.
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (getApproved(tokenId) != _msgSenderERC721A()) revert SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

        ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] =
            (uint256(expires) << _BITPOS_EXPIRES) |
            uint256(uint160(user));

        emit UpdateUser(tokenId, user, expires);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
     */
    function userOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        uint256 packed = ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId];
        assembly {
            // Branchless `packed *= (block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0)`.
            // If the `block.timestamp == expires`, the `lt` clause will be true
            // if there is a non-zero user address in the lower 160 bits of `packed`.
            packed := mul(
                packed,
                // `block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0`.
                lt(shl(_BITPOS_EXPIRES, timestamp()), packed)
            )
        }
        return address(uint160(packed));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
     */
    function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] >> _BITPOS_EXPIRES;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Override of {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        // The interface ID for ERC4907 is `0xad092b5c`,
        // as defined in [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907).
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || interfaceId == 0xad092b5c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`, ignoring the expiry status.
     */
    function _explicitUserOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId]));
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';

/**
 * @title ERC721AQueryable.
 *
 * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
 */
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
    ERC721A__Initializable,
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}

    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        TokenOwnership memory ownership;
        if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
            return ownership;
        }
        ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
        if (ownership.burned) {
            return ownership;
        }
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
    {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
            TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
            for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
            }
            return ownerships;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
            // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
            if (start < _startTokenId()) {
                start = _startTokenId();
            }
            // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
            if (stop > stopLimit) {
                stop = stopLimit;
            }
            uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
            // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
            // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
            if (start < stop) {
                uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
                if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
                    tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
                }
            } else {
                tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
            }
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
            if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
                return tokenIds;
            }
            // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
            // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
            TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
            // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
            if (!ownership.burned) {
                currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
            }
            for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            // Downsize the array to fit.
            assembly {
                mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
            TokenOwnership memory ownership;
            for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/IERC4907AUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC4907A.
 */
interface IERC4907AUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the `user` of an NFT or the `expires` of the `user` is changed.
     * The zero address for user indicates that there is no user address.
     */
    event UpdateUser(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed user, uint64 expires);

    /**
     * @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates there is no user.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
     */
    function setUser(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address user,
        uint64 expires
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
     */
    function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
     */
    function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
 */
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
     */
    error InvalidQueryRange();

    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}

// File: erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/IERC721AUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();

    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();

    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();

    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();

    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();

    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();

    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================

    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);

    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}

// File: operator-filter-registry/src/IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external;

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;

    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address addr) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;

    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;

    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);

    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
     */
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}

// File: operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @title  OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry when the init function is called.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
    /// @notice Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);

    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);

    /// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being upgraded.
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        onlyInitializing
    {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
            // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
            // differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {OperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "./OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title  Upgradeable storage layout for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.
 * @notice Upgradeable contracts must use a storage layout that can be used across upgrades.
 *         Only append new variables to the end of the layout.
 */
library RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /// @dev Whether the OperatorFilterRegistry has been revoked.
        bool _isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
    }

    /// @dev The storage slot for the layout.
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256("RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.contracts.storage");

    /// @dev The layout of the storage.
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

/**
 * @title  RevokableOperatorFilterer
 * @notice This contract is meant to allow contracts to permanently opt out of the OperatorFilterRegistry. The Registry
 *         itself has an "unregister" function, but if the contract is ownable, the owner can re-register at any point.
 *         As implemented, this abstract contract allows the contract owner to toggle the
 *         isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag in order to permanently bypass the OperatorFilterRegistry checks.
 */
abstract contract RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable is OperatorFiltererUpgradeable {
    using RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.Layout;

    error OnlyOwner();
    error AlreadyRevoked();

    event OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();

    function __RevokableOperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) internal {
        OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, subscribe);
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual override {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (
            !RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked
                && address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0
        ) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
            // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
            // differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Disable the isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag. OnlyOwner.
     */
    function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {
        if (msg.sender != owner()) {
            revert OnlyOwner();
        }
        if (RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked) {
            revert AlreadyRevoked();
        }
        RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked = true;
        emit OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();
    }

    function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() public view returns (bool) {
        return RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
    }

    /**
     * @dev assume the contract has an owner, but leave specific Ownable implementation up to inheriting contract
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address);
}